--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/devices/e1000/e1000_hw-2.6.27-orig.c Thu Apr 29 14:05:15 2010 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,8878 @@
+/*******************************************************************************
+
+ Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
+ Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
+ version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+ this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+ The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
+ the file called "COPYING".
+
+ Contact Information:
+ Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
+ e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
+ Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
+
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* e1000_hw.c
+ * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
+ */
+
+
+#include "e1000_hw.h"
+
+static s32 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask);
+static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask);
+static s32 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 data);
+static s32 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+
+static u8 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ e1000_rev_polarity *polarity);
+static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ bool link_up);
+static s32 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 bank);
+static s32 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *min_length,
+ u16 *max_length);
+static s32 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 timeout);
+static s32 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ u32 cnf_base_addr,
+ u32 cnf_size);
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static bool e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length,
+ u16 offset, u8 *sum);
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw* hw,
+ struct e1000_host_mng_command_header
+ *hdr);
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static s32 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
+static s32 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
+static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 *data);
+static s32 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index,
+ u8 byte);
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 byte);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+ u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+ u16 data);
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data);
+static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active);
+static s32 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active);
+static s32 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 no_snoop);
+static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value);
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl);
+static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl);
+static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 data,
+ u16 count);
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+ u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+ u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd);
+static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd);
+static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 data, u16 count);
+static s32 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+ u16 phy_data);
+static s32 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,u32 reg_addr,
+ u16 *phy_data);
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 count);
+static s32 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer);
+static u8 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, u32 length);
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 duplex);
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);
+static s32 e1000_do_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data);
+static s32 e1000_do_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data);
+
+/* IGP cable length table */
+static const
+u16 e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
+ { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
+ 5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
+ 25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
+ 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
+ 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
+ 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
+
+static const
+u16 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
+ 0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
+ 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
+ 21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
+ 40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
+ 60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
+ 83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
+ 104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
+
+static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(e1000_eeprom_lock);
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
+
+ switch (hw->phy_id) {
+ case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
+ case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
+ case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
+ case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
+ break;
+ case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
+ break;
+ }
+ case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
+ break;
+ case IFE_E_PHY_ID:
+ case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
+ case IFE_C_E_PHY_ID:
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
+ break;
+ case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall Through */
+ default:
+ /* Should never have loaded on this device */
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_saved_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
+
+ if (hw->phy_init_script) {
+ msleep(20);
+
+ /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+ * the end of this routine. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+ /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+ msleep(20);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
+
+ msleep(5);
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
+ break;
+
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
+
+ msleep(20);
+
+ /* Now enable the transmitter */
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
+ u16 fused, fine, coarse;
+
+ /* Move to analog registers page */
+ e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
+
+ if (!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
+ e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
+
+ fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
+ coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
+
+ if (coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
+ coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
+ fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
+ } else if (coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
+ fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
+
+ fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
+ (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
+ (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
+
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
+ IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
+
+ switch (hw->device_id) {
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
+ switch (hw->revision_id) {
+ case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
+ break;
+ case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
+ return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_DUAL:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_QUAD:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571PT_QUAD_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER_LOWPROFILE:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
+ break;
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE_GT:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE_G:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
+ hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Should never have loaded on this device */
+ return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
+ }
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = true;
+ hw->asf_firmware_present = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ hw->swfw_sync_present = true;
+ /* fall through */
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = true;
+ /* fall through */
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ hw->asf_firmware_present = true;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* The 82543 chip does not count tx_carrier_errors properly in
+ * FD mode
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543)
+ hw->bad_tx_carr_stats_fd = true;
+
+ /* capable of receiving management packets to the host */
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
+ hw->has_manc2h = true;
+
+ /* In rare occasions, ESB2 systems would end up started without
+ * the RX unit being turned on.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
+ hw->rx_needs_kicking = true;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544)
+ hw->has_smbus = true;
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * **************************************************************************/
+void e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 status;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
+ /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
+ hw->tbi_compatibility_en = false;
+ }
+
+ switch (hw->device_id) {
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_DUAL:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES_QUAD:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
+ case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
+ hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
+ break;
+ default:
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
+ * device.
+ */
+ hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = er32(STATUS);
+ if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
+ hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
+ /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
+ hw->tbi_compatibility_en = false;
+ } else {
+ hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u32 ctrl_ext;
+ u32 icr;
+ u32 manc;
+ u32 led_ctrl;
+ u32 timeout;
+ u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
+
+ /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
+ e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
+ }
+
+ if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
+ /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
+ * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
+ */
+ if (e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
+ DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
+ ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+
+ /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
+ * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
+ * the global reset.
+ */
+ ew32(RCTL, 0);
+ ew32(TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
+ hw->tbi_compatibility_on = false;
+
+ /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
+ * resetting the device
+ */
+ msleep(10);
+
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+ ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
+ msleep(5);
+ }
+
+ /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
+ * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ timeout = 10;
+
+ extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
+
+ do {
+ ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+ extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+
+ if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
+ break;
+ else
+ extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
+
+ msleep(2);
+ timeout--;
+ } while (timeout);
+ }
+
+ /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
+ ew32(PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
+ /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
+ ew32(PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
+ }
+
+ /* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
+ * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
+ * the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
+ * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
+ */
+ DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82544:
+ case e1000_82540:
+ case e1000_82545:
+ case e1000_82546:
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
+ * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+ break;
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
+ ew32(CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
+ e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
+ * at the same time to make sure the interface between
+ * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
+ */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
+ }
+
+ e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+ ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+ msleep(5);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ew32(CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
+ * device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
+ * for reload to complete.
+ */
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ case e1000_82544:
+ /* Wait for reset to complete */
+ udelay(10);
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
+ msleep(2);
+ break;
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
+ msleep(20);
+ break;
+ case e1000_82573:
+ if (!e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+ udelay(10);
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+ default:
+ /* Auto read done will delay 5ms or poll based on mac type */
+ ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ manc = er32(MANC);
+ manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
+ ew32(MANC, manc);
+ }
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+ e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
+
+ /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+ led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+ led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+ led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+ ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
+ DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
+ ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+
+ /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
+ icr = er32(ICR);
+
+ /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+ if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
+ e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ u32 kab = er32(KABGTXD);
+ kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
+ ew32(KABGTXD, kab);
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Initialize a number of hardware-dependent bits
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * This function contains hardware limitation workarounds for PCI-E adapters
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ if ((hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571) && (!hw->initialize_hw_bits_disable)) {
+ /* Settings common to all PCI-express silicon */
+ u32 reg_ctrl, reg_ctrl_ext;
+ u32 reg_tarc0, reg_tarc1;
+ u32 reg_tctl;
+ u32 reg_txdctl, reg_txdctl1;
+
+ /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
+ reg_tarc0 = er32(TARC0);
+ reg_tarc0 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29)|(1 << 28)|(1 << 27));
+
+ /* Enable not-done TX descriptor counting */
+ reg_txdctl = er32(TXDCTL);
+ reg_txdctl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
+ ew32(TXDCTL, reg_txdctl);
+ reg_txdctl1 = er32(TXDCTL1);
+ reg_txdctl1 |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
+ ew32(TXDCTL1, reg_txdctl1);
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ /* Clear PHY TX compatible mode bits */
+ reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+ reg_tarc1 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29));
+
+ /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
+ reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
+
+ /* TX ring control fixes */
+ reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24));
+
+ /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+ reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+ if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+ reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+ else
+ reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+ ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+ break;
+ case e1000_82573:
+ reg_ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ reg_ctrl_ext &= ~(1 << 23);
+ reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
+
+ /* TX byte count fix */
+ reg_ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ reg_ctrl &= ~(1 << 29);
+
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
+ ew32(CTRL, reg_ctrl);
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ /* improve small packet performace for fiber/serdes */
+ if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
+ reg_tarc0 &= ~(1 << 20);
+ }
+
+ /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+ reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+ reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+ if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+ reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+ else
+ reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+ ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ /* Reduce concurrent DMA requests to 3 from 4 */
+ if ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
+ ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
+ (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))
+ reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 29)|(1 << 28));
+
+ reg_ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
+
+ /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
+ reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 27)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
+
+ /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
+ reg_tctl = er32(TCTL);
+ reg_tarc1 = er32(TARC1);
+ if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
+ reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
+ else
+ reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
+
+ /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
+ reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 30)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24));
+
+ ew32(TARC1, reg_tarc1);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ew32(TARC0, reg_tarc0);
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
+ * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
+ * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
+ * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
+ * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u32 i;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u32 mta_size;
+ u32 reg_data;
+ u32 ctrl_ext;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
+
+ /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) &&
+ ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
+ ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
+ (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))) {
+ reg_data = er32(STATUS);
+ reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
+ ew32(STATUS, reg_data);
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize Identification LED */
+ ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
+ e1000_set_media_type(hw);
+
+ /* Must be called after e1000_set_media_type because media_type is used */
+ e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(hw);
+
+ /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
+ DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
+ /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
+ ew32(VET, 0);
+ e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
+ }
+
+ /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
+ e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
+ ew32(RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ msleep(5);
+ }
+
+ /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
+ * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
+ */
+ e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
+
+ /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
+ ew32(RCTL, 0);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ msleep(1);
+ if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
+ e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
+ }
+
+ /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
+ DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
+ mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
+ for (i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
+ /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
+ * occuring when accessing our register space */
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+
+ /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
+ * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
+ * gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
+ * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
+ */
+ if (hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
+ }
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
+ if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix && e1000_pcix_get_mmrbc(hw) > 2048)
+ e1000_pcix_set_mmrbc(hw, 2048);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ msleep(15);
+
+ /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
+ ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
+
+ /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+ ctrl = er32(TXDCTL);
+ ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
+ ew32(TXDCTL, ctrl);
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
+ }
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ default:
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
+ reg_data = er32(TCTL);
+ reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
+ ew32(TCTL, reg_data);
+
+ /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
+ reg_data = er32(TCTL_EXT);
+ reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
+ reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
+ ew32(TCTL_EXT, reg_data);
+
+ /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+ reg_data = er32(TIPG);
+ reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+ reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
+ ew32(TIPG, reg_data);
+
+ reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
+ reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
+ /* Fall through */
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ ctrl = er32(TXDCTL1);
+ ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
+ ew32(TXDCTL1, ctrl);
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ u32 gcr = er32(GCR);
+ gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
+ ew32(GCR, gcr);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
+ * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
+ * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
+ * is no link.
+ */
+ e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
+
+ /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
+ * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
+
+ if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
+ hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
+ * error crash in a PCI slot. */
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ }
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u16 eeprom_data;
+ s32 ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
+
+ if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ break;
+ default:
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
+ /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
+ eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configures flow control and link settings.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
+ * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
+ * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
+ * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
+ * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl_ext;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 eeprom_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
+
+ /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
+ * We do not have to set it up again. */
+ if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
+ * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
+ * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
+ * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
+ * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
+ * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
+ * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
+ */
+ if (hw->fc == E1000_FC_DEFAULT) {
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
+ 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+ else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
+ EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
+ else
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
+ * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
+ * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
+ hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE);
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
+ hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE);
+
+ hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
+
+ DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
+
+ /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
+ * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
+ * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
+ * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
+ * signal detection. So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
+ * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
+ 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
+ SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ }
+
+ /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
+ ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
+ e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
+ e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
+
+ /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
+ * registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
+ * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
+ * initialize these registers.
+ */
+ DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
+
+ /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+ ew32(FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
+ ew32(FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
+ ew32(FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
+ }
+
+ ew32(FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
+
+ /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
+ * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
+ * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
+ * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
+ * registers will be set to 0.
+ */
+ if (!(hw->fc & E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE)) {
+ ew32(FCRTL, 0);
+ ew32(FCRTH, 0);
+ } else {
+ /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
+ * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
+ */
+ if (hw->fc_send_xon) {
+ ew32(FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
+ ew32(FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
+ } else {
+ ew32(FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
+ ew32(FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
+ }
+ }
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
+ * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
+ * and receiver are not enabled.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u32 status;
+ u32 txcw = 0;
+ u32 i;
+ u32 signal = 0;
+ s32 ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
+
+ /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
+ * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
+ * the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
+ * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
+ ew32(SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
+
+ /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SWDP 1 will be
+ * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
+ * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
+ * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value
+ * set in the EEPROM.
+ */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
+ signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Take the link out of reset */
+ ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
+
+ /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
+ ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+ /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
+ * the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
+ * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
+ * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
+ * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
+ * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
+ *
+ * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+ * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
+ * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
+ * not send pause frames).
+ * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
+ * not support receiving pause frames).
+ * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
+ */
+ switch (hw->fc) {
+ case E1000_FC_NONE:
+ /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
+ txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
+ /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
+ * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
+ * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
+ * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
+ * disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
+ */
+ txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
+ /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
+ * software over-ride.
+ */
+ txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_FULL:
+ /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
+ txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
+ break;
+ default:
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
+ * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
+ * restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
+ * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
+ * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
+ */
+ DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
+
+ ew32(TXCW, txcw);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ hw->txcw = txcw;
+ msleep(1);
+
+ /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
+ * indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
+ * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
+ * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
+ * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
+ */
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
+ (er32(CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
+ for (i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
+ msleep(10);
+ status = er32(STATUS);
+ if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
+ }
+ if (i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
+ hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
+ /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
+ * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
+ * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
+ * non-autonegotiating link partners.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
+ } else {
+ hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
+ DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
+
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
+ * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
+ * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
+ ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ } else {
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
+ ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
+
+ /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
+ ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
+ (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ phy_data |= 0x00000008;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
+ hw->phy_reset_disable = false;
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 led_ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
+
+ if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait 15ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
+ msleep(15);
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+ led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+ led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+ led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+ ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+ }
+
+ /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
+ /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
+ ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, false);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
+ ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, false);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+ hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
+ /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
+ phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
+ hw->mdix = 1;
+
+ } else {
+ hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+
+ switch (hw->mdix) {
+ case 1:
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ default:
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
+ if (hw->autoneg) {
+ e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
+
+ if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
+ hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
+
+ if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
+ hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+
+ /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
+ * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
+ * resolution as hardware default. */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
+ /* Disable SmartSpeed */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* load defaults for future use */
+ hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
+ ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
+ e1000_ms_force_master :
+ e1000_ms_force_slave) :
+ e1000_ms_auto;
+
+ switch (phy_ms_setting) {
+ case e1000_ms_force_master:
+ phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
+ break;
+ case e1000_ms_force_slave:
+ phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+ phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
+ break;
+ case e1000_ms_auto:
+ phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ u32 reg_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");
+
+ if (!hw->phy_reset_disable) {
+
+ /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+ /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
+ phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Options:
+ * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
+ * 0 - Auto for all speeds
+ * 1 - MDI mode
+ * 2 - MDI-X mode
+ * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;
+
+ switch (hw->mdix) {
+ case 1:
+ phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ default:
+ phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Options:
+ * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
+ * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
+ * 0 - Disabled
+ * 1 - Enabled
+ */
+ phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
+ if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
+ phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ } /* phy_reset_disable */
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
+ E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
+ E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ reg_data = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, reg_data);
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
+ * firmware will have already initialized them. We only initialize
+ * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
+ */
+ if (!e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
+ /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
+ phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
+ phy_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
+ * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
+
+ if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+
+ /* Options:
+ * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
+ * 0 - Auto for all speeds
+ * 1 - MDI mode
+ * 2 - MDI-X mode
+ * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
+ */
+ phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+
+ switch (hw->mdix) {
+ case 1:
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ default:
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Options:
+ * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
+ * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
+ * 0 - Disabled
+ * 1 - Enabled
+ */
+ phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
+ if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
+ /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
+ * to 25MHz clock.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
+
+ if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
+ (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
+ /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
+ phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
+ phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+ M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else {
+ /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
+ phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
+ M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
+ phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
+ M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+ M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
+* and then perform auto-negotiation.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*********************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
+
+ /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
+ * parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
+ */
+ hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
+
+ /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
+ * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
+ */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
+ hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
+
+ /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
+ hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;
+
+ DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
+
+ /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
+ * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
+ * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
+ */
+ if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
+ ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hw->get_link_status = true;
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
+* 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
+* if we are on 82543. If we
+* are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
+* collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
+* 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
+* the link partner.
+* 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
+ e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+ } else {
+ ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+ ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
+ ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, true);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 i;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ u16 reg_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
+ * iteration and increase the max iterations when
+ * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), ®_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ reg_data |= 0x3F;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
+ reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+ reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
+ reg_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->autoneg) {
+ /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
+ * and perform autonegotiation */
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else {
+ /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
+ * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
+ DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
+ * valid.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+ /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
+ ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ udelay(10);
+ }
+
+ DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 duplex)
+{
+ s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u32 tipg;
+ u16 reg_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");
+
+ reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
+ reg_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+ tipg = er32(TIPG);
+ tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+ tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
+ ew32(TIPG, tipg);
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
+ reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+ else
+ reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u16 reg_data;
+ u32 tipg;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");
+
+ reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
+ reg_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
+ tipg = er32(TIPG);
+ tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
+ tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
+ ew32(TIPG, tipg);
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
+ u16 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
+
+ /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
+ /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else
+ mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;
+
+ /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
+ * the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
+ * autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
+ * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
+ * individually.
+ */
+
+ /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
+ * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
+ * the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
+ */
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
+ mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
+
+ DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
+
+ /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
+ }
+
+ /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
+ }
+
+ /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
+ }
+
+ /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
+ }
+
+ /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
+ }
+
+ /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
+ if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
+ mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
+ * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
+ * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
+ * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
+ * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
+ *
+ * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+ * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
+ * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
+ * but not send pause frames).
+ * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
+ * but we do not support receiving pause frames).
+ * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
+ * other: No software override. The flow control configuration
+ * in the EEPROM is used.
+ */
+ switch (hw->fc) {
+ case E1000_FC_NONE: /* 0 */
+ /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
+ * software over-ride.
+ */
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE: /* 1 */
+ /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
+ * disabled, by a software over-ride.
+ */
+ /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
+ * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
+ * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
+ * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
+ *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
+ */
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE: /* 2 */
+ /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
+ * disabled, by a software over-ride.
+ */
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_FULL: /* 3 */
+ /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
+ * over-ride.
+ */
+ mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
+ break;
+ default:
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 mii_ctrl_reg;
+ u16 mii_status_reg;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ u16 i;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
+
+ /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+
+ DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
+
+ /* Read the Device Control Register. */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+ ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
+
+ /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
+
+ /* Read the MII Control Register. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
+
+ mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
+
+ /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
+ if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
+ hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
+ /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
+ * Device and MII Control Registers.
+ */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
+ mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
+ DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
+ } else {
+ /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
+ * the Device and MII Control Registers.
+ */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
+ mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
+ DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
+ }
+
+ /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
+ if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
+ hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
+ /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
+ mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
+ mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
+ DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
+ } else {
+ /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
+ ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
+ mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
+ mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
+ DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
+ }
+
+ e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+ /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+ if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+ (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
+ * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
+ */
+ phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
+
+ /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
+ mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
+
+ /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
+ phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ } else {
+ /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
+ * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ udelay(1);
+
+ /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
+ * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
+ * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
+ * don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
+ * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
+ * the default.
+ */
+ if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
+ /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
+ DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
+ mii_status_reg = 0;
+
+ /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
+ for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
+ * to be set.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+ msleep(100);
+ }
+ if ((i == 0) &&
+ ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+ (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
+ /* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+ /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
+ for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+ if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+ msleep(100);
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
+ * to be set.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+ /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
+ * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
+ * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
+ * TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
+ (!hw->autoneg) && (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
+ hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
+ * to 2.5MHz on a reset. We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
+ * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
+ if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
+ (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
+ phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
+ else
+ phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;
+
+ /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
+ phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
+* information from the Device Status register.
+******************************************************************************/
+void e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 tctl, coll_dist;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
+ coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
+ else
+ coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
+
+ tctl = er32(TCTL);
+
+ tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
+ tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
+
+ ew32(TCTL, tctl);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
+*
+* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
+* be passed in.
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
+
+ /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
+ * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
+ * and Duplex.
+ */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
+ ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
+
+ /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
+ * registers depending on negotiated values.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
+ else
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
+
+ e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+
+ /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
+ * negotiated values.
+ */
+ if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
+ else if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
+
+ /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
+ * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
+ * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
+ * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
+ * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
+
+ /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
+ * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
+ * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
+ * receive flow control.
+ *
+ * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
+ * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
+ *
+ * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
+ * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
+ * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
+ * frames but not send pause frames).
+ * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
+ * frames but we do not receive pause frames).
+ * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
+ * other: No other values should be possible at this point.
+ */
+
+ switch (hw->fc) {
+ case E1000_FC_NONE:
+ ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
+ ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
+ ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
+ break;
+ case E1000_FC_FULL:
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
+ break;
+ default:
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
+ ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configures flow control settings after link is established
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
+ * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
+ * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
+ * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
+ * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 mii_status_reg;
+ u16 mii_nway_adv_reg;
+ u16 mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
+ u16 speed;
+ u16 duplex;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
+
+ /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
+ * so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
+ * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
+ */
+ if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
+ ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+ (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
+ ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
+ ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
+ * enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
+ * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
+ * flow control configured.
+ */
+ if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
+ * has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
+ * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
+ /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
+ * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
+ * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
+ * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
+ * negotiated.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
+ &mii_nway_adv_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
+ &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
+ * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
+ * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
+ * for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
+ * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
+ * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
+ * control is determined based upon these settings.
+ * NOTE: DC = Don't Care
+ *
+ * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
+ * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
+ *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+ * 0 | 0 | DC | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
+ * 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
+ * 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
+ * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
+ * 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
+ * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
+ * 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
+ * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
+ *
+ */
+ /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
+ * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
+ * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
+ *
+ * For Symmetric Flow Control:
+ *
+ * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
+ * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+ *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+ * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
+ *
+ */
+ if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+ (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
+ /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
+ * of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
+ * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
+ * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
+ * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
+ */
+ if (hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_FULL) {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
+ } else {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+ }
+ }
+ /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
+ *
+ * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
+ * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+ *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+ * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
+ *
+ */
+ else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+ (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
+ (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
+ (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+ }
+ /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
+ *
+ * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
+ * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
+ *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
+ * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
+ *
+ */
+ else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
+ (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
+ !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
+ (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+ }
+ /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
+ * disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
+ * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
+ * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
+ * partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
+ * what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
+ * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
+ * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
+ * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
+ * this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
+ * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
+ * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
+ * anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
+ * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
+ * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
+ * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
+ * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
+ * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
+ * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
+ */
+ else if ((hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_NONE ||
+ hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE) ||
+ hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
+ } else {
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
+ DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
+ }
+
+ /* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
+ * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
+ * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
+ hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
+
+ /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
+ * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
+ }
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 rxcw = 0;
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u32 status;
+ u32 rctl;
+ u32 icr;
+ u32 signal = 0;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
+
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ status = er32(STATUS);
+
+ /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
+ * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
+ * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
+ */
+ if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
+ rxcw = er32(RXCW);
+
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
+ if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
+ hw->get_link_status = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
+ * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
+ * status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
+ * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
+ * Errors.
+ */
+ if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
+ /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
+ * link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
+ * of the PHY.
+ * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+ hw->get_link_status = false;
+ /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
+ * link-up */
+ e1000_check_downshift(hw);
+
+ /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
+ * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
+ * reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
+ * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
+ * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
+ * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
+ */
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
+ (!hw->autoneg) &&
+ (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
+ hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
+ ew32(IMC, 0xffffffff);
+ ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
+ icr = er32(ICR);
+ ew32(ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
+ ew32(IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ /* No link detected */
+ e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, false);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
+ * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
+ */
+ if (!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+
+ /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
+ e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, true);
+
+ /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
+ * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
+ * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
+ * configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
+ * Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
+ * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
+ * settings.
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
+ e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
+ else {
+ ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
+ * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
+ * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
+ * auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
+ * partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
+ * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
+ * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
+ * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
+ */
+ if (hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
+ u16 speed, duplex;
+ ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
+ /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
+ * to enable TBI compatibility.
+ */
+ if (hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
+ /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
+ rctl = er32(RCTL);
+ rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
+ ew32(RCTL, rctl);
+ hw->tbi_compatibility_on = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
+ * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
+ * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
+ * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
+ */
+ if (!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
+ hw->tbi_compatibility_on = true;
+ rctl = er32(RCTL);
+ rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
+ ew32(RCTL, rctl);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
+ * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
+ * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
+ * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
+ * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
+ * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
+ */
+ else if ((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
+ ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
+ (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
+ (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
+ if (hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
+ hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
+
+ /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
+ ew32(TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
+
+ /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+ /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
+ ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
+ * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
+ * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
+ * partner.
+ */
+ else if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
+ (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
+ ew32(TXCW, hw->txcw);
+ ew32(CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
+
+ hw->serdes_link_down = false;
+ }
+ /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
+ * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
+ */
+ else if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+ !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW))) {
+ /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
+ udelay(10);
+ if (E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & er32(RXCW)) {
+ if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
+ hw->serdes_link_down = false;
+ DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ hw->serdes_link_down = true;
+ DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
+ }
+ }
+ if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
+ (E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW))) {
+ hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & er32(STATUS));
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * speed - Speed of the connection
+ * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *speed, u16 *duplex)
+{
+ u32 status;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
+ status = er32(STATUS);
+ if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
+ *speed = SPEED_1000;
+ DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
+ } else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
+ *speed = SPEED_100;
+ DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
+ } else {
+ *speed = SPEED_10;
+ DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
+ }
+
+ if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
+ *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
+ DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
+ } else {
+ *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+ DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
+ *speed = SPEED_1000;
+ *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
+ * if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
+ * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
+ */
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
+ *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+ else {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ if ((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
+ (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
+ *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
+ if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
+ ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
+ else
+ ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 i;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
+ DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
+
+ /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
+ for (i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
+ * Complete bit to be set.
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ if (phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ msleep(100);
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Raises the Management Data Clock
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* ctrl - Device control register's current value
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl)
+{
+ /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
+ * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
+ */
+ ew32(CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(10);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Lowers the Management Data Clock
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* ctrl - Device control register's current value
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *ctrl)
+{
+ /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
+ * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
+ */
+ ew32(CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(10);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* data - Data to send out to the PHY
+* count - Number of bits to shift out
+*
+* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
+******************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 data, u16 count)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u32 mask;
+
+ /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
+ * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
+ * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
+ */
+ mask = 0x01;
+ mask <<= (count - 1);
+
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
+ ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
+
+ while (mask) {
+ /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
+ * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
+ * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
+ * raising and lowering the clock.
+ */
+ if (data & mask)
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+ else
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ udelay(10);
+
+ e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+ e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+ mask = mask >> 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
+******************************************************************************/
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+ u16 data = 0;
+ u8 i;
+
+ /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
+ * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
+ * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
+ * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
+ * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
+ * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
+ */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
+ * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
+ * last bit of the Register Address.
+ */
+ e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+ e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+ for (data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+ data = data << 1;
+ e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
+ if (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO)
+ data |= 1;
+ e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+ }
+
+ e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+ e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
+
+ return data;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask)
+{
+ u32 swfw_sync = 0;
+ u32 swmask = mask;
+ u32 fwmask = mask << 16;
+ s32 timeout = 200;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");
+
+ if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
+ return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+
+ if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
+ return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+
+ while (timeout) {
+ if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ swfw_sync = er32(SW_FW_SYNC);
+ if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
+ /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
+ e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+ mdelay(5);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ swfw_sync |= swmask;
+ ew32(SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
+
+ e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 mask)
+{
+ u32 swfw_sync;
+ u32 swmask = mask;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");
+
+ if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
+ e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
+ e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
+ * return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
+ while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
+ /* empty */
+
+ swfw_sync = er32(SW_FW_SYNC);
+ swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
+ ew32(SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
+
+ e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
+* page, sets the page first.
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *phy_data)
+{
+ u32 ret_val;
+ u16 swfw;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+ } else {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+ }
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
+ (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+ (u16)reg_addr);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
+ (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
+ /* Select Configuration Page */
+ if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+ (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+ } else {
+ /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
+ * registers 30 and 31
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
+ GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
+ (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ if (ret_val) {
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
+ phy_data);
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+ u16 *phy_data)
+{
+ u32 i;
+ u32 mdic = 0;
+ const u32 phy_addr = 1;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
+
+ if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
+ DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
+ return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+ /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
+ * Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
+ * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
+ */
+ mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
+ (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
+ (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
+
+ ew32(MDIC, mdic);
+
+ /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
+ for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ udelay(50);
+ mdic = er32(MDIC);
+ if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
+ }
+ if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ }
+ if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
+ DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ }
+ *phy_data = (u16)mdic;
+ } else {
+ /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
+ * beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
+ * consecutive "1" bits.
+ */
+ e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
+
+ /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
+ * operation. We use this method instead of calling the
+ * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
+ * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
+ * defined as follows:
+ * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
+ * followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
+ * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
+ * READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
+ * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
+ */
+ mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
+ (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
+
+ e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
+
+ /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
+ * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
+ * register address.
+ */
+ *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Writes a value to a PHY register
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
+* data - data to write to the PHY
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 phy_data)
+{
+ u32 ret_val;
+ u16 swfw;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+ } else {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+ }
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
+ (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+ (u16)reg_addr);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
+ (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
+ /* Select Configuration Page */
+ if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
+ (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+ } else {
+ /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
+ * registers 30 and 31
+ */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
+ GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
+ (u16)((u16)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ if (ret_val) {
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
+ phy_data);
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr,
+ u16 phy_data)
+{
+ u32 i;
+ u32 mdic = 0;
+ const u32 phy_addr = 1;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
+
+ if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
+ DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
+ return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+ /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
+ * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
+ * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
+ */
+ mdic = (((u32)phy_data) |
+ (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
+ (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
+ (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
+
+ ew32(MDIC, mdic);
+
+ /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
+ for (i = 0; i < 641; i++) {
+ udelay(5);
+ mdic = er32(MDIC);
+ if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
+ }
+ if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
+ * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
+ * beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
+ * consecutive "1" bits.
+ */
+ e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
+
+ /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
+ * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
+ * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
+ * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
+ * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
+ */
+ mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
+ (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
+ mdic <<= 16;
+ mdic |= (u32)phy_data;
+
+ e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 *data)
+{
+ u32 reg_val;
+ u16 swfw;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+ } else {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+ }
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ /* Write register address */
+ reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
+ E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
+ E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
+ ew32(KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
+ udelay(2);
+
+ /* Read the data returned */
+ reg_val = er32(KUMCTRLSTA);
+ *data = (u16)reg_val;
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 reg_addr, u16 data)
+{
+ u32 reg_val;
+ u16 swfw;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+ } else {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+ }
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
+ E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
+ ew32(KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
+ udelay(2);
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl, ctrl_ext;
+ u32 led_ctrl;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 swfw;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
+
+ /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
+ * simply return success without performing the reset. */
+ ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
+ (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
+ } else {
+ swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
+ }
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Unable to acquire swfw sync\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+ }
+ /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
+ * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
+ * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
+ * and deassert. For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
+ * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
+ */
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
+ msleep(10);
+ else
+ udelay(100);
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
+ mdelay(10);
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
+ } else {
+ /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
+ * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
+ */
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
+ ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ msleep(10);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+ udelay(150);
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
+ /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
+ led_ctrl = er32(LEDCTL);
+ led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
+ led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
+ ew32(LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
+ ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
+ if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return ret_val;
+ e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) && (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3))
+ ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Resets the PHY
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+*
+* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control register
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
+
+ /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
+ * simply return success without performing the reset. */
+ ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ switch (hw->phy_type) {
+ case e1000_phy_igp:
+ case e1000_phy_igp_2:
+ case e1000_phy_igp_3:
+ case e1000_phy_ife:
+ ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ udelay(1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
+ e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
+* 1) disable gigabit link
+* 2) write VR power-down enable
+* 3) read it back
+* if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
+*
+* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+void e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 reg;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ s32 retry = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+ return;
+
+ do {
+ /* Disable link */
+ reg = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
+ E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Write VR power-down enable - bits 9:8 should be 10b */
+ e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ phy_data |= (1 << 9);
+ phy_data &= ~(1 << 8);
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data);
+
+ /* Read it back and test */
+ e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_MASK) == IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
+ break;
+
+ /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
+ reg = er32(CTRL);
+ ew32(CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
+ retry++;
+ } while (retry);
+
+ return;
+
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
+* On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
+* speed is gigabit-
+* 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
+* 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
+* 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
+* 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
+* 4) reset the PHY
+* 5) repeat up to 10 times
+* Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
+*
+* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ s32 reg;
+ s32 cnt;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Make sure link is up before proceeding. If not just return.
+ * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouled up link
+ * stability */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+
+ if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
+ /* read once to clear */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ /* and again to get new status */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* check for PCS lock */
+ if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Issue PHY reset */
+ e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
+ mdelay(5);
+ }
+ /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
+ reg = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
+ E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
+
+ /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
+ return E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 phy_init_status, ret_val;
+ u16 phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
+ bool match = false;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
+
+ if (hw->phy_id != 0)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
+ * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
+ * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
+ hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
+ * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail. The rest of
+ * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
+ * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail. If the
+ * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
+ * this out as well. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
+ hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
+
+ /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->phy_id = (u32)(phy_id_high << 16);
+ udelay(20);
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->phy_id |= (u32)(phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
+ hw->phy_revision = (u32)phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82543:
+ if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82544:
+ if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82540:
+ case e1000_82545:
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ if (hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ if (hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82573:
+ if (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = true;
+ break;
+ default:
+ DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+ phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
+
+ if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
+ DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Resets the PHY's DSP
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
+
+ do {
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
+ if (ret_val) break;
+ }
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
+ if (ret_val) break;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
+ if (ret_val) break;
+ ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ } while (0);
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data, min_length, max_length, average;
+ e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
+
+ /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
+ * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
+ phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+
+ /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
+ phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+ /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
+ phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+ /* Check polarity status */
+ ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
+ IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
+
+ if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
+ IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
+ /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
+ SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+ phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
+ SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+
+ /* Get cable length */
+ ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Translate to old method */
+ average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
+
+ if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
+ else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
+ else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
+ else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
+ else
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");
+
+ phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+ phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ phy_info->polarity_correction =
+ ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
+ IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+ if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
+ ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else {
+ /* Polarity is forced. */
+ polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
+ IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+ }
+ phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)
+ ((phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
+ IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
+
+ /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
+ * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
+ phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
+ ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
+ M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_lower : e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
+
+ phy_info->polarity_correction =
+ ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
+ M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
+
+ /* Check polarity status */
+ ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
+ M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
+
+ if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
+ /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
+ * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
+ */
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
+ M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
+ } else {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)(phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH);
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
+ SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+ phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
+ SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
+
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+* phy_info - PHY information structure
+******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
+
+ phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
+ phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
+ phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
+ phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
+ phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
+ phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
+ phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
+ phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
+
+ if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
+ DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
+ DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
+ return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+ else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
+ return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+ else
+ return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
+}
+
+s32 e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
+
+ if (!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
+ hw->mdix = 1;
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
+ * is configured. Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
+ * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 eecd = er32(EECD);
+ s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u16 eeprom_size;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ case e1000_82544:
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+ eeprom->word_size = 64;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+ eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82540:
+ case e1000_82545:
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
+ eeprom->word_size = 256;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->word_size = 64;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+ }
+ eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+ eeprom->page_size = 32;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->page_size = 8;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ }
+ } else {
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+ eeprom->word_size = 256;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->word_size = 64;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 6;
+ }
+ }
+ eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+ eeprom->page_size = 32;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->page_size = 8;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ }
+ eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82573:
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+ eeprom->page_size = 32;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->page_size = 8;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ }
+ eeprom->use_eerd = true;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = true;
+ if (!e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
+ eeprom->word_size = 2048;
+
+ /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
+ * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ }
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
+ eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
+ eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
+ eeprom->page_size = 32;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 16;
+ } else {
+ eeprom->page_size = 8;
+ eeprom->address_bits = 8;
+ }
+ eeprom->use_eerd = true;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ {
+ s32 i = 0;
+ u32 flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_GFPREG);
+
+ eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
+ eeprom->use_eerd = false;
+ eeprom->use_eewr = false;
+ eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;
+
+ /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
+ * so as to save time for driver init */
+ if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+ for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = false;
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
+ ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+ hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
+ hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
+
+ hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+ hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(u16);
+
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
+ * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
+ */
+ if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
+ eeprom->word_size = 64;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
+ /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
+ * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
+ * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
+ if (eeprom_size)
+ eeprom_size++;
+ } else {
+ eeprom_size = (u16)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
+ E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
+ }
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * eecd - EECD's current value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd)
+{
+ /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
+ * wait <delay> microseconds.
+ */
+ *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, *eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * eecd - EECD's current value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 *eecd)
+{
+ /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
+ * wait 50 microseconds.
+ */
+ *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, *eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * data - data to send to the EEPROM
+ * count - number of bits to shift out
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 data, u16 count)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 eecd;
+ u32 mask;
+
+ /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
+ * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
+ * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
+ */
+ mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
+ } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
+ }
+ do {
+ /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
+ * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
+ * the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
+ * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
+ */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
+
+ if (data & mask)
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
+
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+ e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+ e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+
+ mask = mask >> 1;
+
+ } while (mask);
+
+ /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static u16 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 count)
+{
+ u32 eecd;
+ u32 i;
+ u16 data;
+
+ /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
+ * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
+ * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
+ * the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
+ * always be clear.
+ */
+
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
+ data = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ data = data << 1;
+ e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
+ data |= 1;
+
+ e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
+ }
+
+ return data;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Prepares EEPROM for access
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
+ * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 eecd, i=0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
+
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
+ /* Request EEPROM Access */
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ while ((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
+ (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
+ i++;
+ udelay(5);
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ }
+ if (!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
+
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ /* Clear SK and DI */
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+ /* Set CS */
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ /* Clear SK and CS */
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ udelay(1);
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 eecd;
+
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+ /* Clock high */
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+ /* Select EEPROM */
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+
+ /* Clock low */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+ } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 eecd;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
+
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
+
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+ udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+ } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ /* cleanup eeprom */
+
+ /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
+ eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
+
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+
+ /* Rising edge of clock */
+ eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+
+ /* Falling edge of clock */
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
+ }
+
+ /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
+ eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
+ ew32(EECD, eecd);
+ }
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u16 retry_count = 0;
+ u8 spi_stat_reg;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
+
+ /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
+ * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
+ * bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
+ * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
+ */
+ retry_count = 0;
+ do {
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
+ hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
+ spi_stat_reg = (u8)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
+ if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
+ break;
+
+ udelay(5);
+ retry_count += 5;
+
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+ } while (retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
+
+ /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
+ * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
+ */
+ if (retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
+ DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+ s32 ret;
+ spin_lock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+ ret = e1000_do_read_eeprom(hw, offset, words, data);
+ spin_unlock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_do_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 i = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
+
+ /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
+ if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
+ e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
+
+ /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
+ * enough words.
+ */
+ if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
+ (words == 0)) {
+ DEBUGOUT2("\"words\" parameter out of bounds. Words = %d, size = %d\n", offset, eeprom->word_size);
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* EEPROM's that don't use EERD to read require us to bit-bang the SPI
+ * directly. In this case, we need to acquire the EEPROM so that
+ * FW or other port software does not interrupt.
+ */
+ if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) && !hw->eeprom.use_eerd) {
+ /* Prepare the EEPROM for bit-bang reading */
+ if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* Eerd register EEPROM access requires no eeprom aquire/release */
+ if (eeprom->use_eerd)
+ return e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+ /* ICH EEPROM access is done via the ICH flash controller */
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
+ return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+ /* Set up the SPI or Microwire EEPROM for bit-bang reading. We have
+ * acquired the EEPROM at this point, so any returns should relase it */
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
+ u16 word_in;
+ u8 read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+ if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
+ e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
+ if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
+ read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+ /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
+
+ /* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
+ * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
+ * and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
+ * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
+ * starting from any offset. */
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
+ data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
+ }
+ } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+ eeprom->opcode_bits);
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset + i),
+ eeprom->address_bits);
+
+ /* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
+ * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
+ data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* End this read operation */
+ e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ u32 i, eerd = 0;
+ s32 error = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
+ E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
+
+ ew32(EERD, eerd);
+ error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
+
+ if (error) {
+ break;
+ }
+ data[i] = (er32(EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
+
+ }
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ u32 register_value = 0;
+ u32 i = 0;
+ s32 error = 0;
+
+ if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
+ return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
+ ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
+ E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
+
+ error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
+ if (error) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ew32(EEWR, register_value);
+
+ error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
+
+ if (error) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
+{
+ u32 attempts = 100000;
+ u32 i, reg = 0;
+ s32 done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
+ if (eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
+ reg = er32(EERD);
+ else
+ reg = er32(EEWR);
+
+ if (reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
+ done = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ break;
+ }
+ udelay(5);
+ }
+
+ return done;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+* Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
+*
+* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+****************************************************************************/
+static bool e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 eecd = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ return false;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+
+ /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
+ eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
+
+ /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
+ if (eecd == 0x03) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
+ * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
+ * valid.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u16 checksum = 0;
+ u16 i, eeprom_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) && !e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw)) {
+ /* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
+ * 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
+ e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
+ /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
+ * has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
+ * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
+ * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
+ e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
+ eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
+ e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
+ * EEPROM checksum to be updated. Otherwise, this bit as well
+ * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
+ * validation to pass.
+ */
+ e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
+ eeprom_data |= 0x40;
+ e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
+ if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ checksum += eeprom_data;
+ }
+
+ if (checksum == (u16)EEPROM_SUM)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ else {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
+ * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl_ext;
+ u16 checksum = 0;
+ u16 i, eeprom_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
+
+ for (i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
+ if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ checksum += eeprom_data;
+ }
+ checksum = (u16)EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
+ if (e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
+ e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
+ } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
+ e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
+ /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
+ * until after next adapter reset. */
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ msleep(10);
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
+ * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+ s32 ret;
+ spin_lock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+ ret = e1000_do_write_eeprom(hw, offset, words, data);
+ spin_unlock(&e1000_eeprom_lock);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+static s32 e1000_do_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ s32 status = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
+
+ /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
+ if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
+ e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
+
+ /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
+ * enough words.
+ */
+ if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
+ (words == 0)) {
+ DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
+ if (eeprom->use_eewr)
+ return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
+ return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
+
+ /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
+ if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+ if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
+ status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
+ } else {
+ status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
+ msleep(10);
+ }
+
+ /* Done with writing */
+ e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u16 widx = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
+
+ while (widx < words) {
+ u8 write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+ if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ /* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
+ eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
+ if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
+ write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
+
+ /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)((offset + widx)*2),
+ eeprom->address_bits);
+
+ /* Send the data */
+
+ /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
+ while (widx < words) {
+ u16 word_out = data[widx];
+ word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
+ widx++;
+
+ /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
+ * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
+ * PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
+ */
+ if ((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset,
+ u16 words, u16 *data)
+{
+ struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
+ u32 eecd;
+ u16 words_written = 0;
+ u16 i = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
+
+ /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
+ * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
+ * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
+ * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
+ * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
+ */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+ (u16)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
+
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (u16)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
+
+ /* Prepare the EEPROM */
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ while (words_written < words) {
+ /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+ eeprom->opcode_bits);
+
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (u16)(offset + words_written),
+ eeprom->address_bits);
+
+ /* Send the data */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
+
+ /* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
+ * the previous command.
+ */
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
+ * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
+ * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
+ udelay(50);
+ }
+ if (i == 200) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* Recover from write */
+ e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
+
+ words_written++;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
+ * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
+ * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
+ * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
+ * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
+ */
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
+ (u16)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
+
+ e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (u16)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
+ * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
+ * to the new bank.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 attempts = 100000;
+ u32 eecd = 0;
+ u32 flop = 0;
+ u32 i = 0;
+ s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u32 old_bank_offset = 0;
+ u32 new_bank_offset = 0;
+ u8 low_byte = 0;
+ u8 high_byte = 0;
+ bool sector_write_failed = false;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
+ flop = er32(FLOP);
+ for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
+ break;
+ }
+ udelay(5);
+ }
+
+ if (i == attempts) {
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
+ if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
+ ew32(HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
+ }
+
+ /* Perform the flash update */
+ ew32(EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
+
+ for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
+ eecd = er32(EECD);
+ if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
+ break;
+ }
+ udelay(5);
+ }
+
+ if (i == attempts) {
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+ /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
+ * write to bank 0 etc. We also need to erase the segment that
+ * is going to be written */
+ if (!(er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
+ new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
+ old_bank_offset = 0;
+ e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
+ } else {
+ old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
+ new_bank_offset = 0;
+ e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
+ }
+
+ sector_write_failed = false;
+ /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
+ * which is in units of words. */
+ for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+ /* Determine whether to write the value stored
+ * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
+ * in the shadow RAM */
+ if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified) {
+ low_byte = (u8)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
+ udelay(100);
+ error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+ (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
+
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ sector_write_failed = true;
+ else {
+ high_byte =
+ (u8)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
+ udelay(100);
+ }
+ } else {
+ e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
+ &low_byte);
+ udelay(100);
+ error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+ (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
+
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ sector_write_failed = true;
+ else {
+ e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
+ &high_byte);
+ udelay(100);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the write of the low byte was successful, go ahead and
+ * write the high byte while checking to make sure that if it
+ * is the signature byte, then it is handled properly */
+ if (!sector_write_failed) {
+ /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
+ * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
+ * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
+ * signature is valid. We want to do this after the write
+ * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
+ * while the write is still in progress */
+ if (i == E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD)
+ high_byte = E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;
+
+ error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+ (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ sector_write_failed = true;
+
+ } else {
+ /* If the write failed then break from the loop and
+ * return an error */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
+ * programming failed. */
+ if (!sector_write_failed) {
+ /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
+ * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
+ * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
+ * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
+ e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
+ E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
+ &high_byte);
+ high_byte &= 0xBF;
+ error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+ E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset, high_byte);
+ /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
+ * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
+ * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
+ * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
+ E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
+ for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = false;
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
+ * second function of dual function devices
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u16 offset;
+ u16 eeprom_data, i;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
+ offset = i >> 1;
+ if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+ hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (u8)(eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
+ hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (u8)(eeprom_data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ default:
+ break;
+ case e1000_82546:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ if (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
+ hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
+ hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Initializes receive address filters.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
+ * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
+ * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 i;
+ u32 rar_num;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
+
+ /* Setup the receive address. */
+ DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
+
+ e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
+
+ rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
+
+ /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
+ * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
+ * the other port. */
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present))
+ rar_num -= 1;
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
+
+ /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
+ DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
+ for (i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
+ *****************************************************************************/
+u32 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *mc_addr)
+{
+ u32 hash_value = 0;
+
+ /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
+ * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
+ */
+ switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
+ /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
+ * 01 AA 00 12 34 56
+ * LSB MSB
+ */
+ case 0:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 2));
+ } else {
+ /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 4));
+ }
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 3));
+ } else {
+ /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 5));
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 4));
+ } else {
+ /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 6));
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 6));
+ } else {
+ /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
+ hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << 8));
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ hash_value &= 0xFFF;
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ hash_value &= 0x3FF;
+
+ return hash_value;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 hash_value)
+{
+ u32 hash_bit, hash_reg;
+ u32 mta;
+ u32 temp;
+
+ /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
+ * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
+ * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
+ * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
+ * back the new value. The register is determined by the
+ * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
+ * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
+ */
+ hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ hash_reg &= 0x1F;
+
+ hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
+
+ mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
+
+ mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
+
+ /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
+ * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
+ * restore the old value after writing.
+ */
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
+ temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ } else {
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * addr - Address to put into receive address register
+ * index - Receive address register to write
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *addr, u32 index)
+{
+ u32 rar_low, rar_high;
+
+ /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
+ * from network order (big endian) to little endian
+ */
+ rar_low = ((u32)addr[0] | ((u32)addr[1] << 8) |
+ ((u32)addr[2] << 16) | ((u32)addr[3] << 24));
+ rar_high = ((u32)addr[4] | ((u32)addr[5] << 8));
+
+ /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
+ * unit hang.
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
+ * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
+ * hang. To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
+ * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
+ * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
+ * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
+ * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
+ * while we work. Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
+ * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
+ * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
+ * far so good. We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
+ * configure the Rx unit. Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
+ * on our merry way.
+ */
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ if (hw->leave_av_bit_off)
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
+ rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
+ * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value)
+{
+ u32 temp;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ return;
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
+ temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ } else {
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Clears the VLAN filer table
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 offset;
+ u32 vfta_value = 0;
+ u32 vfta_offset = 0;
+ u32 vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ return;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
+ if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
+ /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
+ * ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
+ * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
+ * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
+ vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
+ E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
+ E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
+ vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
+ E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
+ }
+ }
+ for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
+ /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
+ * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
+ * manageability unit */
+ vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ledctl;
+ const u32 ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
+ const u32 ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
+ const u32 ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
+ u16 eeprom_data, i, temp;
+ const u16 led_mask = 0x0F;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ ledctl = er32(LEDCTL);
+ hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
+ hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
+ hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
+
+ if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
+ (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
+ eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
+ else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
+ (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
+ eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
+ else
+ eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
+ switch (temp) {
+ case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
+ case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
+ case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
+ hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+ hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
+ break;
+ case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
+ case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
+ case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
+ hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+ hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Do nothing */
+ break;
+ }
+ switch (temp) {
+ case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
+ case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
+ case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
+ hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+ hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
+ break;
+ case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
+ case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
+ case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
+ hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
+ hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Do nothing */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ledctl;
+ s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ case e1000_82544:
+ /* No setup necessary */
+ break;
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+ &hw->phy_spd_default);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+ (u16)(hw->phy_spd_default &
+ ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ /* Fall Through */
+ default:
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ ledctl = er32(LEDCTL);
+ /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
+ hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
+ /* Turn off LED0 */
+ ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
+ E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
+ E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
+ ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
+ E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
+ ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl);
+ } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
+ ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
+ * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
+ * e1000_id_led_init()
+ * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s16 i;
+ u32 ledctl_blink = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
+ ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
+ (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
+ } else {
+ /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
+ ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
+ for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
+ if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
+ E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
+ ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
+ }
+
+ ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ case e1000_82544:
+ /* No cleanup necessary */
+ break;
+ case e1000_82541:
+ case e1000_82547:
+ case e1000_82541_rev_2:
+ case e1000_82547_rev_2:
+ /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
+ hw->phy_spd_default);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ /* Fall Through */
+ default:
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
+ ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Turns on the software controllable LED
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82544:
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ } else {
+ /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
+ (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
+ } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
+ ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Turns off the software controllable LED
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ case e1000_82543:
+ /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82544:
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+ ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ } else {
+ /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
+ /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
+ (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
+ } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
+ ew32(LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ volatile u32 temp;
+
+ temp = er32(CRCERRS);
+ temp = er32(SYMERRS);
+ temp = er32(MPC);
+ temp = er32(SCC);
+ temp = er32(ECOL);
+ temp = er32(MCC);
+ temp = er32(LATECOL);
+ temp = er32(COLC);
+ temp = er32(DC);
+ temp = er32(SEC);
+ temp = er32(RLEC);
+ temp = er32(XONRXC);
+ temp = er32(XONTXC);
+ temp = er32(XOFFRXC);
+ temp = er32(XOFFTXC);
+ temp = er32(FCRUC);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+ temp = er32(PRC64);
+ temp = er32(PRC127);
+ temp = er32(PRC255);
+ temp = er32(PRC511);
+ temp = er32(PRC1023);
+ temp = er32(PRC1522);
+ }
+
+ temp = er32(GPRC);
+ temp = er32(BPRC);
+ temp = er32(MPRC);
+ temp = er32(GPTC);
+ temp = er32(GORCL);
+ temp = er32(GORCH);
+ temp = er32(GOTCL);
+ temp = er32(GOTCH);
+ temp = er32(RNBC);
+ temp = er32(RUC);
+ temp = er32(RFC);
+ temp = er32(ROC);
+ temp = er32(RJC);
+ temp = er32(TORL);
+ temp = er32(TORH);
+ temp = er32(TOTL);
+ temp = er32(TOTH);
+ temp = er32(TPR);
+ temp = er32(TPT);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
+ temp = er32(PTC64);
+ temp = er32(PTC127);
+ temp = er32(PTC255);
+ temp = er32(PTC511);
+ temp = er32(PTC1023);
+ temp = er32(PTC1522);
+ }
+
+ temp = er32(MPTC);
+ temp = er32(BPTC);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
+
+ temp = er32(ALGNERRC);
+ temp = er32(RXERRC);
+ temp = er32(TNCRS);
+ temp = er32(CEXTERR);
+ temp = er32(TSCTC);
+ temp = er32(TSCTFC);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
+
+ temp = er32(MGTPRC);
+ temp = er32(MGTPDC);
+ temp = er32(MGTPTC);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
+
+ temp = er32(IAC);
+ temp = er32(ICRXOC);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;
+
+ temp = er32(ICRXPTC);
+ temp = er32(ICRXATC);
+ temp = er32(ICTXPTC);
+ temp = er32(ICTXATC);
+ temp = er32(ICTXQEC);
+ temp = er32(ICTXQMTC);
+ temp = er32(ICRXDMTC);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
+ * hw->ifs_params_forced to true. However, you must initialize hw->
+ * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
+ * before calling this function.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
+
+ if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
+ if (!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
+ hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
+ hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
+ hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
+ hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
+ hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
+ }
+ hw->in_ifs_mode = false;
+ ew32(AIT, 0);
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
+ * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
+ * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
+
+ if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
+ if ((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
+ if (hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
+ hw->in_ifs_mode = true;
+ if (hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
+ if (hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
+ hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
+ else
+ hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
+ ew32(AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
+ hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
+ hw->in_ifs_mode = false;
+ ew32(AIT, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
+ * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
+ u32 frame_len, u8 *mac_addr)
+{
+ u64 carry_bit;
+
+ /* First adjust the frame length. */
+ frame_len--;
+ /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
+ * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
+ * the packet as a good packet
+ */
+ /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
+ stats->crcerrs--;
+ /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
+ stats->gprc++;
+
+ /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
+ carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
+ stats->gorcl += frame_len;
+ /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
+ * Received Count) was one before the addition,
+ * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
+ * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
+ * This could be simplified if all environments supported
+ * 64-bit integers.
+ */
+ if (carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
+ stats->gorch++;
+ /* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
+ * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
+ * a broadcast frame.
+ */
+ if ((mac_addr[0] == (u8)0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (u8)0xff))
+ /* Broadcast packet */
+ stats->bprc++;
+ else if (*mac_addr & 0x01)
+ /* Multicast packet */
+ stats->mprc++;
+
+ if (frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
+ /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
+ * oversize frames.
+ */
+ if (stats->roc > 0)
+ stats->roc--;
+ }
+
+ /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
+ * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
+ */
+ if (frame_len == 64) {
+ stats->prc64++;
+ stats->prc127--;
+ } else if (frame_len == 127) {
+ stats->prc127++;
+ stats->prc255--;
+ } else if (frame_len == 255) {
+ stats->prc255++;
+ stats->prc511--;
+ } else if (frame_len == 511) {
+ stats->prc511++;
+ stats->prc1023--;
+ } else if (frame_len == 1023) {
+ stats->prc1023++;
+ stats->prc1522--;
+ } else if (frame_len == 1522) {
+ stats->prc1522++;
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 pci_ex_link_status;
+ u32 status;
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
+ case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
+ hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci;
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
+ hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
+ break;
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
+ ret_val = e1000_read_pcie_cap_reg(hw,
+ PCI_EX_LINK_STATUS,
+ &pci_ex_link_status);
+ if (ret_val)
+ hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
+ else
+ hw->bus_width = (pci_ex_link_status & PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_MASK) >>
+ PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_SHIFT;
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
+ hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = er32(STATUS);
+ hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
+ e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
+
+ if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
+ hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
+ e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
+ } else if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
+ hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
+ e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
+ } else {
+ switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
+ case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
+ break;
+ case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
+ break;
+ case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
+ break;
+ default:
+ hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
+ e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
+ * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset to write to
+ * value - value to write
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value)
+{
+ unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
+ unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
+
+ e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
+ e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Estimates the cable length.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * min_length - The estimated minimum length
+ * max_length - The estimated maximum length
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ * E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
+ * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
+ * register to the minimum and maximum range.
+ * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *min_length,
+ u16 *max_length)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 agc_value = 0;
+ u16 i, phy_data;
+ u16 cable_length;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
+
+ *min_length = *max_length = 0;
+
+ /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
+ M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
+ switch (cable_length) {
+ case e1000_cable_length_50:
+ *min_length = 0;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
+ break;
+ case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
+ break;
+ case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
+ break;
+ case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
+ break;
+ case e1000_cable_length_140:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
+
+ switch (cable_length) {
+ case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
+ *min_length = 0;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
+ break;
+ case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
+ break;
+ case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
+ break;
+ case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
+ *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
+ u16 cur_agc_value;
+ u16 min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
+ u16 agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+ {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
+ /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
+ for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Value bound check. */
+ if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
+ (cur_agc_value == 0))
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+
+ agc_value += cur_agc_value;
+
+ /* Update minimal AGC value. */
+ if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
+ min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
+ if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
+ agc_value -= min_agc_value;
+
+ /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
+ agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
+ } else {
+ /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
+ agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
+ *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
+ IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
+ (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
+ IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
+ *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
+ IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
+ u16 cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
+ u16 min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
+ u16 agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+ {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
+ IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
+ IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
+ IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
+ /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
+ for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
+ * fine gain values. The result is a number that can be put into
+ * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
+ cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
+ IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
+
+ /* Array index bound check. */
+ if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
+ (cur_agc_index == 0))
+ return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
+
+ /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
+ if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
+ e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
+ min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
+ if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
+ e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
+ max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
+
+ agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
+ }
+
+ agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
+ e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
+ agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
+
+ /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
+ *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
+ (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
+ *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Check the cable polarity
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
+ * 1 - Polarity is reversed.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ * E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
+ * Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
+ * 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
+ * return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
+ * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ e1000_rev_polarity *polarity)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
+
+ if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+ (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+ /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ *polarity = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
+ M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+ /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
+ * find the polarity status */
+ if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
+ IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
+
+ /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Check the polarity bits */
+ *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ?
+ e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+ } else {
+ /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
+ * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
+ *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED) ?
+ e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+ }
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ *polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
+ IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT) ?
+ e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Check if Downshift occured
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
+ * 1 - Downshift ocured.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
+ * E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
+ * Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
+ * Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
+ * read it immediately after link is established.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
+
+ if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
+ hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
+ } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
+ (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
+ M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
+ } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
+ /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
+ hw->speed_downgraded = false;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
+ * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool link_up)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
+ u16 dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
+ {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
+ u16 min_length, max_length;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (link_up) {
+ ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (speed == SPEED_1000) {
+
+ ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
+ min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
+
+ for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
+ }
+
+ if ((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
+ (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
+
+ u16 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
+ u32 idle_errs = 0;
+
+ /* clear previous idle error counts */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
+ udelay(1000);
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
+ if (idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
+ hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (idle_errs)
+ ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
+ /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+ * the end of the routines. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ mdelay(20);
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+ IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+ IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ mdelay(20);
+
+ /* Now enable the transmitter */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
+ /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
+ * the end of the routines. */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ mdelay(20);
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+ IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
+ IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
+ IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ mdelay(20);
+
+ /* Now enable the transmitter */
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
+
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
+ }
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Set PHY to class A mode
+ * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
+ * 1. Do a PHY soft reset
+ * 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 eeprom_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
+
+ if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
+ (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
+ if (ret_val) {
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if ((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
+ (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ hw->phy_reset_disable = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
+ * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
+ * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
+ * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active)
+{
+ u32 phy_ctrl = 0;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
+ && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
+ * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
+ * Dx transitions and states */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
+ * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
+ * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
+ phy_ctrl = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+ } else {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (!active) {
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else {
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+ } else {
+ phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
+ * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
+ * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
+ * maintained. */
+ if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ } else if ((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
+ (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
+ (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
+ hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else {
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+ } else {
+ phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
+ * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
+ * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
+ * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static s32 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, bool active)
+{
+ u32 phy_ctrl = 0;
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 phy_data;
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ phy_ctrl = er32(PHY_CTRL);
+ } else {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ if (!active) {
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+ } else {
+ phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
+ * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
+ * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
+ * maintained. */
+ if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
+ phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+
+ } else {
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
+ ew32(PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
+ } else {
+ phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+
+ /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 default_page = 0;
+ u16 phy_data;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82545_rev_3:
+ case e1000_82546_rev_3:
+ break;
+ default:
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer)
+{
+ u8 i;
+ u32 offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
+ u8 length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
+
+ length = (length >> 2);
+ offset = (offset >> 2);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+ *((u32 *)buffer + i) =
+ E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
+ * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
+ * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
+ * timeout
+ * - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 hicr;
+ u8 i;
+
+ /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
+ hicr = er32(HICR);
+ if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
+ }
+ /* check the previous command is completed */
+ for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+ hicr = er32(HICR);
+ if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
+ break;
+ mdelay(1);
+ }
+
+ if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
+ * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
+ * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
+ *
+ * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length,
+ u16 offset, u8 *sum)
+{
+ u8 *tmp;
+ u8 *bufptr = buffer;
+ u32 data = 0;
+ u16 remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
+
+ /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
+
+ if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
+ return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ tmp = (u8 *)&data;
+ prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
+ offset &= 0xFFFC;
+ offset >>= 2;
+
+ if (prev_bytes) {
+ data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
+ for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+ *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+ *sum += *(tmp + j);
+ }
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
+ length -= j - prev_bytes;
+ offset++;
+ }
+
+ remaining = length & 0x3;
+ length -= remaining;
+
+ /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
+ length >>= 2;
+
+ /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
+ * ram area. */
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+ *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+ *sum += *(tmp + j);
+ }
+
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
+ }
+ if (remaining) {
+ for (j = 0; j < sizeof(u32); j++) {
+ if (j < remaining)
+ *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
+ else
+ *(tmp + j) = 0;
+
+ *sum += *(tmp + j);
+ }
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ struct e1000_host_mng_command_header *hdr)
+{
+ u16 i;
+ u8 sum;
+ u8 *buffer;
+
+ /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
+ * the buffer */
+
+ u16 length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
+
+ sum = hdr->checksum;
+ hdr->checksum = 0;
+
+ buffer = (u8 *)hdr;
+ i = length;
+ while (i--)
+ sum += buffer[i];
+
+ hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
+
+ length >>= 2;
+ /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+ E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((u32 *)hdr + i));
+ E1000_WRITE_FLUSH();
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
+ * one write operation by the driver.
+ *
+ * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 hicr;
+
+ hicr = er32(HICR);
+ /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
+ ew32(HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
+ *
+ * returns - true when the mode is IAMT or false.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+bool e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 fwsm;
+
+ fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
+ (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
+ return true;
+ } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
+ (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function writes the dhcp info .
+ ****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *buffer, u16 length)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
+
+ hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
+ hdr.command_length = length;
+ hdr.reserved1 = 0;
+ hdr.reserved2 = 0;
+ hdr.checksum = 0;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
+ if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
+ &(hdr.checksum));
+ if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
+ if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
+ ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
+ }
+ }
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function calculates the checksum.
+ *
+ * returns - checksum of buffer contents.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static u8 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, u32 length)
+{
+ u8 sum = 0;
+ u32 i;
+
+ if (!buffer)
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i=0; i < length; i++)
+ sum += buffer[i];
+
+ return (u8)(0 - sum);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
+ *
+ * returns - true for packet filtering or false.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+bool e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
+
+ s32 ret_val, checksum;
+ bool tx_filter = false;
+ struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
+ u8 *buffer = (u8 *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
+
+ if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
+ ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
+ if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
+ if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ checksum = hdr->checksum;
+ hdr->checksum = 0;
+ if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
+ checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
+ E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
+ if (hdr->status &
+ E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
+ tx_filter = true;
+ } else
+ tx_filter = true;
+ } else
+ tx_filter = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
+ return tx_filter;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - true/false
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+u32 e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 manc;
+ u32 fwsm, factps;
+
+ if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
+ manc = er32(MANC);
+
+ if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
+ !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
+ return false;
+ if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw)) {
+ fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+ factps = er32(FACTPS);
+
+ if ((((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) >> E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT) ==
+ e1000_mng_mode_pt) && !(factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
+ return true;
+ } else
+ if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 ret_val;
+ u16 mii_status_reg;
+ u16 i;
+
+ /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
+
+ /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
+ for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
+ * to be clear.
+ */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if ((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
+ mdelay(100);
+ }
+
+ /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
+ mdelay(1000);
+
+ /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ mdelay(50);
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ mdelay(50);
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ mdelay(50);
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
+ for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
+ /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
+ * to be set.
+ */
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
+ mdelay(100);
+ }
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Disables PCI-Express master access.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - none.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 ctrl;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
+
+ if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+ return;
+
+ ctrl = er32(CTRL);
+ ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
+ ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
+ * caused the master requests to be disabled.
+ * E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
+
+ if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
+
+ while (timeout) {
+ if (!(er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
+ break;
+ else
+ udelay(100);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ default:
+ msleep(5);
+ break;
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ while (timeout) {
+ if (er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
+ break;
+ else msleep(1);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
+ * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
+ * and PHY. */
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
+ msleep(25);
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
+ u32 cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
+
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ default:
+ mdelay(10);
+ break;
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
+ if (er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
+ cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
+ /* Fall Through */
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ while (timeout) {
+ if (er32(EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
+ break;
+ else
+ msleep(1);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
+ * adapter or Eeprom access.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout;
+ u32 swsm;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
+
+ if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ /* Get the SW semaphore. */
+ if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the FW semaphore. */
+ timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
+ while (timeout) {
+ swsm = er32(SWSM);
+ swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
+ ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+ /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
+ swsm = er32(SWSM);
+ if (swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
+ break;
+
+ udelay(50);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ /* Release semaphores */
+ e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
+ DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - None.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 swsm;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
+
+ if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
+ return;
+
+ swsm = er32(SWSM);
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ /* Release both semaphores. */
+ swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
+ } else
+ swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
+ ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
+ * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
+ u32 swsm;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ while (timeout) {
+ swsm = er32(SWSM);
+ /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
+ if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
+ break;
+ mdelay(1);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 swsm;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ swsm = er32(SWSM);
+ /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
+ swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
+ ew32(SWSM, swsm);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
+ * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
+ * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
+ * E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+s32 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 manc = 0;
+ u32 fwsm = 0;
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+ return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
+ : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
+ }
+
+ if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
+ manc = er32(MANC);
+ return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
+ E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static u8 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 fwsm;
+
+ /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
+ * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
+ * enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
+ * if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
+ */
+ switch (hw->mac_type) {
+ case e1000_82571:
+ case e1000_82572:
+ case e1000_82573:
+ case e1000_80003es2lan:
+ fwsm = er32(FWSM);
+ if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
+ return true;
+ break;
+ case e1000_ich8lan:
+ return true;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
+ * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
+ *
+ * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 no_snoop)
+{
+ u32 gcr_reg = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");
+
+ if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
+ e1000_get_bus_info(hw);
+
+ if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (no_snoop) {
+ gcr_reg = er32(GCR);
+ gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
+ gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
+ ew32(GCR, gcr_reg);
+ }
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ u32 ctrl_ext;
+
+ ew32(GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
+
+ ctrl_ext = er32(CTRL_EXT);
+ ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
+ ew32(CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
+ * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
+ * SW, FW and HW.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ s32 timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
+ u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ while (timeout) {
+ extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
+ ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+
+ extcnf_ctrl = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
+ break;
+ mdelay(1);
+ timeout--;
+ }
+
+ if (!timeout) {
+ DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
+ return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
+ * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
+ * SW, FW and HW.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 extcnf_ctrl;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");
+
+ if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
+ extcnf_ctrl= er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
+ ew32(EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
+ }
+
+ return;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
+ * register.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
+ * data - word read from the EEPROM
+ * words - number of words to read
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u32 flash_bank = 0;
+ u32 act_offset = 0;
+ u32 bank_offset = 0;
+ u16 word = 0;
+ u16 i = 0;
+
+ /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank. In the event
+ * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
+ * managing flash_bank. So it cannot be trusted and needs
+ * to be updated with each read.
+ */
+ /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
+ flash_bank = (er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;
+
+ /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
+ bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);
+
+ error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return error;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified) {
+ data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
+ } else {
+ /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
+ act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
+ error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ break;
+ data[i] = word;
+ }
+ }
+
+ e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
+ * register. Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
+ * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram. e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
+ * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
+ *
+ * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
+ * words - number of words to write
+ * data - words to write to the EEPROM
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 offset, u16 words,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ u32 i = 0;
+ s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return error;
+
+ /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
+ * allocated. Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
+ * this cached structure as well. Writes will only go into this
+ * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
+ * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
+ * and clear the "modified" field.
+ */
+ if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
+ for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
+ if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = true;
+ hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
+ } else {
+ error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
+ * as they don't perform any NVM writes. An attempt in doing so
+ * will result in this error.
+ */
+ error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ }
+
+ e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
+ * can be started.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+ s32 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ s32 i = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");
+
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+
+ /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid. SW Sequencing must be used.");
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
+ /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
+ hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
+ hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;
+
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+
+ /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
+ * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
+ * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
+ * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
+ * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
+ * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
+ * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
+ * start the cycle at the same time */
+
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
+ /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
+ /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
+ hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+ error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ } else {
+ /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
+ * to end before giving up. */
+ for (i = 0; i < ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
+ error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ break;
+ }
+ udelay(1);
+ }
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
+ * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
+ hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
+ } else {
+ DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
+ }
+ }
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ ****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 timeout)
+{
+ union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+ union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+ s32 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ u32 i = 0;
+
+ /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
+ hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+ /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
+ do {
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
+ break;
+ udelay(1);
+ i++;
+ } while (i < timeout);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
+ error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
+ * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
+ * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+ u16 *data)
+{
+ union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+ union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+ u32 flash_linear_address;
+ u32 flash_data = 0;
+ s32 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ s32 count = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");
+
+ if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data == NULL ||
+ index > ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
+ return error;
+
+ flash_linear_address = (ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
+ hw->flash_base_addr;
+
+ do {
+ udelay(1);
+ /* Steps */
+ error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ break;
+
+ hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+ /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_READ;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+ /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
+ * Flash Address */
+ /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */
+
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+ error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
+ * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
+ * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FDATA0);
+ if (size == 1) {
+ *data = (u8)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
+ } else if (size == 2) {
+ *data = (u16)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
+ }
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
+ * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
+ * it another try...ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
+ */
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+ /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
+ continue;
+ } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (count++ < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
+ * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
+ * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u32 size,
+ u16 data)
+{
+ union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+ union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+ u32 flash_linear_address;
+ u32 flash_data = 0;
+ s32 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ s32 count = 0;
+
+ DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");
+
+ if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
+ index > ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
+ return error;
+
+ flash_linear_address = (ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
+ hw->flash_base_addr;
+
+ do {
+ udelay(1);
+ /* Steps */
+ error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ break;
+
+ hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+ /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_WRITE;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+ /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
+ * Flash Address */
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+ if (size == 1)
+ flash_data = (u32)data & 0x00FF;
+ else
+ flash_data = (u32)data;
+
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);
+
+ /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
+ * sequence a few more times else done */
+ error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
+ * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
+ * it another try...ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
+ */
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+ /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
+ continue;
+ } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+ DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (count++ < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to read.
+ * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 *data)
+{
+ s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u16 word = 0;
+
+ status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
+ if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ *data = (u8)word;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
+ * a retry algorithm before giving up.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to write.
+ * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 byte)
+{
+ s32 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ s32 program_retries = 0;
+
+ DEBUGOUT2("Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
+
+ error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
+
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
+ DEBUGOUT2("Retrying \t Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
+ error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
+ udelay(100);
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (program_retries == 100)
+ error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The index of the byte to read.
+ * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u8 data)
+{
+ s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u16 word = (u16)data;
+
+ status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
+ * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 index, u16 *data)
+{
+ s32 status = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Erases the bank specified. Each bank may be a 4, 8 or 64k block. Banks are 0
+ * based.
+ *
+ * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
+ * bank - 0 for first bank, 1 for second bank
+ *
+ * Note that this function may actually erase as much as 8 or 64 KBytes. The
+ * amount of NVM used in each bank is a *minimum* of 4 KBytes, but in fact the
+ * bank size may be 4, 8 or 64 KBytes
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 bank)
+{
+ union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
+ union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
+ u32 flash_linear_address;
+ s32 count = 0;
+ s32 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
+ s32 iteration;
+ s32 sub_sector_size = 0;
+ s32 bank_size;
+ s32 j = 0;
+ s32 error_flag = 0;
+
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+
+ /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
+ /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
+ * consecutive sectors. The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
+ * calculated as bank * 4096 + n * 256
+ * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
+ * The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
+ * as bank * 4096
+ * 10: The HW sector is 8K bytes
+ * 11: The Hw sector size is 64K bytes */
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
+ /* Hw sector size 256 */
+ sub_sector_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
+ bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
+ iteration = ICH_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
+ } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
+ bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
+ iteration = 1;
+ } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
+ bank_size = ICH_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
+ iteration = 1;
+ } else {
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
+ do {
+ count++;
+ /* Steps */
+ error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
+ if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ error_flag = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
+ * Control */
+ hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL);
+ hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH_CYCLE_ERASE;
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
+
+ /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
+ * Linear address field in Flash Address. This probably needs to
+ * be calculated here based off the on-chip erase sector size and
+ * the software bank size (4, 8 or 64 KBytes) */
+ flash_linear_address = bank * bank_size + j * sub_sector_size;
+ flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;
+ flash_linear_address &= ICH_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
+
+ E1000_WRITE_ICH_FLASH_REG(hw, ICH_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
+
+ error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH_FLASH_ERASE_TIMEOUT);
+ /* Check if FCERR is set to 1. If 1, clear it and try the whole
+ * sequence a few more times else Done */
+ if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
+ break;
+ } else {
+ hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH_FLASH_REG16(hw, ICH_FLASH_HSFSTS);
+ if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
+ /* repeat for some time before giving up */
+ continue;
+ } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
+ error_flag = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } while ((count < ICH_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
+ if (error_flag == 1)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (error_flag != 1)
+ error = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ return error;
+}
+
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
+ u32 cnf_base_addr,
+ u32 cnf_size)
+{
+ u32 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
+ u16 word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
+ u16 i;
+
+ /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
+ word_addr = (u16)(cnf_base_addr << 1);
+
+ /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
+ for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, ®_data);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, ®_addr);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
+ if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
+ return ret_val;
+
+ ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (u32)reg_addr, reg_data);
+
+ e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
+ }
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * This function initializes the PHY from the NVM on ICH8 platforms. This
+ * is needed due to an issue where the NVM configuration is not properly
+ * autoloaded after power transitions. Therefore, after each PHY reset, we
+ * will load the configuration data out of the NVM manually.
+ *
+ * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static s32 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
+{
+ u32 reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;
+
+ if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
+ reg_data = er32(FEXTNVM);
+ if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
+ loop = 0;
+ do {
+ reg_data = er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
+ udelay(100);
+ loop++;
+ } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));
+
+ /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
+ reg_data = er32(STATUS);
+ reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
+ ew32(STATUS, reg_data);
+
+ /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
+ before SW configuration */
+ reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
+ reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_SIZE);
+ cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
+ cnf_size >>= 16;
+ if (cnf_size) {
+ reg_data = er32(EXTCNF_CTRL);
+ cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
+ /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
+ cnf_base_addr >>= 16;
+
+ /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
+ ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
+ cnf_size);
+ if (ret_val)
+ return ret_val;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E1000_SUCCESS;
+}
+